1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 /* 30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 33 * 34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 38 * can actually be identified and removed. 39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 40 */ 41 #include <linux/types.h> 42 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 43 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 44 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 45 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 50 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 51 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 52 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 53 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 54 /** 55 * DOC: Station handling 56 * 57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 61 * to. 62 * 63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 64 * capabilities. 65 * 66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 72 * time mark it authorized. 73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 76 * 77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 78 */ 79 /** 80 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 81 * 82 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 83 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 84 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 85 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 86 * for various reasons. 87 * 88 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 89 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 90 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 91 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 92 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 93 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 94 * for doing that. 95 * 96 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 97 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 98 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 99 * 100 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 101 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 102 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 103 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 104 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 105 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 106 * 107 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 108 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 109 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 110 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 111 * 112 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 113 * below. 114 */ 115 /** 116 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 117 * 118 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 119 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 120 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 121 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 122 * 123 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 124 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 125 * types there no concurrency is implied. 126 * 127 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 128 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 129 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 130 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 131 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 132 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 133 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 134 * 135 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 136 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 137 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 138 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 139 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 140 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 141 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 142 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 143 * 144 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 145 * interfaces that a given device supports. 146 */ 147 /** 148 * DOC: packet coalesce support 149 * 150 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 151 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 152 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 153 * and power consumption. 154 * 155 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 156 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 157 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 158 * following events occur. 159 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 160 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 161 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 162 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 163 * 164 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 165 * rule. 166 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 167 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 168 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 169 * Multiple such rules can be created. 170 */ 171 /** 172 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 173 * 174 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 175 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 176 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 177 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 178 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 179 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 180 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 181 * 182 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 183 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 184 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 185 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 186 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 187 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 188 * not present. 189 * 190 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 191 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 192 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 193 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 194 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 195 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 196 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 197 * 198 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 199 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 200 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 201 */ 202 /** 203 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 204 * 205 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 206 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 207 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 208 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 209 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 210 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 211 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 213 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 216 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 217 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 218 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 219 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 220 * 221 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 222 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 223 * up a connection or after roaming. 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 227 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 228 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 229 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 230 * 231 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 232 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 233 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 234 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 235 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 236 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 237 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 238 */ 239 /** 240 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 241 * 242 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 243 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 244 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 245 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 246 * 247 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 248 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 249 * respectively. 250 */ 251 /** 252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 260 * that main netdev. 261 * 262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 265 */ 266 /** 267 * DOC: TID configuration 268 * 269 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 270 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 271 * 272 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 273 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 274 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 275 * 276 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 277 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 278 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 279 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 280 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 281 * will be overwritten. 282 * 283 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 284 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 285 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 286 * the interface goes down. 287 */ 288 /** 289 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 290 * 291 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 292 * 293 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 294 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 295 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 296 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 297 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 298 * 299 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 300 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 301 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 302 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 303 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 304 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 305 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 306 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 307 * 308 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 309 */ 310 /** 311 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 312 * 313 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 314 * 315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 316 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 321 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 323 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 325 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 326 * compatibility only. 327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 328 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 329 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 330 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 331 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 332 * 333 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 334 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 335 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 336 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 337 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 338 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 339 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 340 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 341 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 342 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 343 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 346 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 347 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 348 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 349 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 350 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 351 * 352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 353 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 354 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 356 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 358 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 359 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 360 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 361 * 362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 364 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 365 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 366 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 368 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 369 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 370 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 371 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 374 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 377 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 378 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 379 * attributes determining channel width. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 381 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 382 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 383 * 384 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 385 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 386 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 387 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 389 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 390 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 391 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 392 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 394 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 395 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 396 * frame). 397 * 398 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 399 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 400 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 402 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 403 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 404 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 405 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 406 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 407 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 408 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 409 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 410 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 411 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 412 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 413 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 414 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 415 * 416 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 417 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 418 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 419 * global regdomain will be returned. 420 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 421 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 422 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 423 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 424 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 425 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 426 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 427 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 428 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 429 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 430 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 431 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 432 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 433 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 434 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 435 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 436 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 439 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 440 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 441 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 442 * 443 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 444 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 445 * 446 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 447 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 448 * 449 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 450 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 451 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 452 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 454 * added to all specified management frames generated by 455 * kernel/firmware/driver. 456 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 457 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 458 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 459 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 460 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 461 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 462 * 463 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 464 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 465 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 466 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 467 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 468 * be used. 469 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 470 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 471 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 472 * partial scan results may be available 473 * 474 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 475 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 476 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 477 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 478 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 479 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 480 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 481 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 482 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 483 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 484 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 485 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 486 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 487 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 488 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 489 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 490 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 491 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 492 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 493 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 494 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 495 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 496 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 497 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 498 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 499 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 500 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 501 * results available. 502 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 503 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 504 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 505 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 506 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 507 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 508 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 509 * 510 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 511 * or noise level 512 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 513 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 516 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 517 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 518 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 519 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 520 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 521 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 522 * ESS. 523 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 524 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 525 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 526 * authentication. 527 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 528 * 529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 530 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 531 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 532 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 533 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 534 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 535 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 536 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 537 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 538 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 539 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 540 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 541 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 542 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 543 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 544 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 545 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 546 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 547 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 548 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 549 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 550 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 551 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 552 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 553 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 554 * the beacon hint was processed. 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 557 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 558 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 559 * authentication process. 560 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 561 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 562 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 563 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 564 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 565 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 566 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 567 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 568 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 569 * to the frame. 570 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 571 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 572 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 573 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 574 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 575 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 576 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 577 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 578 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 579 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 580 * pending authentication timed out). 581 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 582 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 583 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 584 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 585 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 586 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 587 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 588 * included). 589 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 590 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 591 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 592 * primitives). 593 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 594 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 595 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 596 * 597 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 598 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 599 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 600 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 601 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 602 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 603 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 604 * 605 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 606 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 607 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 608 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 609 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 610 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 611 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 612 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 613 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 614 * determined by the network interface. 615 * 616 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 617 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 618 * to the driver. 619 * 620 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 621 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 622 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 623 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 624 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 625 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 626 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 627 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 628 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 629 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 630 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 631 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 632 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 633 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 634 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 635 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 636 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 637 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 638 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 639 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 640 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 641 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 642 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 643 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 644 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 645 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 646 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 647 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 648 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 649 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 650 * a different BSS is desired. 651 * Background scan period can optionally be 652 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 653 * if not specified default background scan configuration 654 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 655 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 656 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 657 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 658 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 659 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 660 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 661 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 662 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 663 * well to remain backwards compatible. 664 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 665 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 666 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 667 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 668 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 669 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 670 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 671 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 672 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 673 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 674 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 675 * 676 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 677 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 678 * 679 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 680 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 681 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 682 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 684 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 685 * frequency for the operation. 686 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 687 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 688 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 689 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 690 * radio). 691 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 692 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 693 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 694 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 695 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 696 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 697 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 698 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 699 * uniquely identify the request. 700 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 701 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 702 * 703 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 704 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 705 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 706 * 707 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 708 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 709 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 710 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 711 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 712 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 713 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 714 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 715 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 716 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 717 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 718 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 719 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 720 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 721 * backward compatibility 722 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 723 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 724 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 725 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 726 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 727 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 728 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 729 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 730 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 731 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 732 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 733 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 734 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 735 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 736 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 737 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 738 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 739 * is used during CSA period. 740 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 741 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 742 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 743 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 744 * wait time. 745 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 746 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 747 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 748 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 749 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 750 * the frame. 751 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 752 * backward compatibility. 753 * 754 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 755 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 756 * 757 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 758 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 759 * levels. 760 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 761 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 762 * reached. 763 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 764 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 765 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 766 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 767 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 768 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 769 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 770 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 771 * precedence when they are used. 772 * 773 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 774 * (no longer supported). 775 * 776 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 777 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 778 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 779 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 780 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 781 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 782 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 783 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 784 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 785 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 786 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 787 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 788 * command, the feature is disabled. 789 * 790 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 791 * mesh config parameters may be given. 792 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 793 * network is determined by the network interface. 794 * 795 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 796 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 797 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 798 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 799 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 800 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 801 * 802 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 803 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 804 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 805 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 806 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 807 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 808 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 809 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 810 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 811 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 812 * depending on the authentication result. 813 * 814 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 815 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 816 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 817 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 818 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 819 * more background information, see 820 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 821 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 822 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 823 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 824 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 825 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 826 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 827 * 828 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 829 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 830 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 831 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 832 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 833 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 834 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 835 * 836 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 837 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 838 * 839 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 840 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 841 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 842 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 843 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 844 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 845 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 846 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 847 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 848 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 849 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 850 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 851 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 852 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 853 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 856 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 857 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 858 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 859 * is received. 860 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 861 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 862 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 863 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 864 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 865 * 866 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 867 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 868 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 869 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 872 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 873 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 874 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 875 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 876 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 877 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 878 * 879 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 880 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 881 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 882 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 883 * 884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 885 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 888 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 889 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 890 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 891 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 892 * from the remote AP) is completed; 893 * 894 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 895 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 896 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 897 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 898 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 899 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 900 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 901 * interfaces to change channel as well. 902 * 903 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 904 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 905 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 906 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 907 * public action frame TX. 908 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 909 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 910 * 911 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 912 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 913 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 914 * is used for this. 915 * 916 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 917 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 918 * 919 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 920 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 921 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 922 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 923 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 924 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 925 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 926 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 927 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 928 * 929 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 930 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 931 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 932 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 933 * while operating on this channel. 934 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 935 * event. 936 * 937 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 938 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 939 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 940 * 941 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 942 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 943 * 944 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 945 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 946 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 947 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 948 * 949 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 950 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 951 * complete. 952 * 953 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 954 * return back to normal. 955 * 956 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 957 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 958 * 959 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 960 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 961 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 962 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 963 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 964 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 965 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 966 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 967 * switch is complete. 968 * 969 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 970 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 971 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 972 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 973 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 974 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 975 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 976 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 977 * 978 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 979 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 980 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 981 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 982 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 983 * 984 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 985 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 986 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 987 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 988 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 989 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 990 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 991 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 992 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 993 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 994 * fail even if the check was successful. 995 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 996 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 997 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 998 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1001 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1002 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1003 * 1004 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1005 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1006 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1007 * network is determined by the network interface. 1008 * 1009 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1010 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1011 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1012 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1014 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1015 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1016 * AP. 1017 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1018 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1019 * when this command completes. 1020 * 1021 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1022 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1023 * management. 1024 * 1025 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1026 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1027 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1028 * 1029 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1030 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1031 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1032 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1033 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1034 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1035 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1036 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1037 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1038 * added. 1039 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1040 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1041 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1042 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1043 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1044 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1045 * of the function upon success. 1046 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1047 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1048 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1049 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1050 * which just terminated. 1051 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1052 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1053 * the response to this command. 1054 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1056 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1057 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1058 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1059 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1060 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1061 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1062 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1063 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1064 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1065 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1066 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1067 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1068 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1069 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1070 * 1071 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1072 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1073 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1074 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1075 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1076 * 1077 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1078 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1079 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1080 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1081 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1082 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1083 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1084 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1085 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1086 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1087 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1088 * should be indicated instead. 1089 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1090 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1091 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1092 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1093 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1094 * 802.11 headers. 1095 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1096 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1097 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1098 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1099 * 1100 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1101 * 1102 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1103 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1104 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1105 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1106 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1107 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1108 * 1109 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1110 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1111 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1112 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1113 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1114 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1115 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1116 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1117 * command interface. 1118 * 1119 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1120 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1121 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1122 * 1123 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1124 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1126 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1127 * 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1129 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1130 * 1131 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1132 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1133 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1134 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1135 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1136 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1137 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1138 * the netlink extended ack message. 1139 * 1140 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1141 * 1142 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1143 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1144 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1145 * buffer size. 1146 * 1147 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1148 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1149 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1150 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1151 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1152 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1153 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1154 * 1155 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1156 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1157 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1158 * determining the width and type. 1159 * 1160 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1161 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1162 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1163 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1164 * 1165 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1166 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1167 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1168 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1169 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1170 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1171 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1172 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1173 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1174 * rate selection. 1175 * 1176 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1177 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1178 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1179 * 1180 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1181 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1182 * 1183 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1184 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1185 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1186 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1187 * 1188 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1189 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1190 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1191 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1192 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1193 * 1194 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1195 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1196 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1197 * 1198 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1199 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1200 * 1201 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1202 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1203 * 1204 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1205 * started 1206 * 1207 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1208 * been aborted 1209 * 1210 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1211 * has completed 1212 * 1213 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1214 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1215 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1216 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1217 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1218 * 1219 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1220 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1221 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1222 * specify the timeout value. 1223 * 1224 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1225 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1226 */ 1227 enum nl80211_commands { 1228 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1229 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1230 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1231 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1232 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1233 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1234 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1235 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1236 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1237 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1238 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1239 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1240 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1241 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1242 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1243 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1244 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1245 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1246 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1247 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1248 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1249 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1250 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1251 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1252 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1253 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1254 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1255 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1256 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1257 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1258 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1259 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1260 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1261 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1262 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1263 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1264 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1265 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1266 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1267 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1268 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1269 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1270 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1271 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1272 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1273 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1274 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1275 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1276 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1277 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1278 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1279 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1280 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1281 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1282 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1283 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1284 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1285 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1286 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1287 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1288 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1289 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1290 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1291 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1292 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1293 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1294 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1295 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1296 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1298 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1299 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1300 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1301 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1302 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1303 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1304 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1305 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1306 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1307 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1308 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1309 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1310 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1311 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1312 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1313 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1314 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1315 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1316 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1317 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1318 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1319 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1320 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1321 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1322 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1323 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1324 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1325 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1326 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1327 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1328 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1329 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1330 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1331 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1332 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1333 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1334 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1335 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1336 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1337 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1338 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1339 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1340 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1341 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1342 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1343 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1344 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1345 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1346 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1347 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1348 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1349 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1350 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1351 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1352 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1353 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1354 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1355 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1356 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1357 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1358 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1359 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1360 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1361 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1362 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1363 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1364 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1365 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1366 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1367 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1368 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1369 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1370 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1371 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1372 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1373 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1374 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1375 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1376 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1377 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1378 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1379 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1380 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1381 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1382 /* add new commands above here */ 1383 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1384 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1385 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1386 }; 1387 /* 1388 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1389 * here 1390 */ 1391 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1392 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1393 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1394 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1395 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1396 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1397 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1398 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1399 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1400 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1401 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1402 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1403 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1404 /** 1405 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1406 * 1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1408 * 1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1410 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1414 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1415 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1416 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1417 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1419 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1420 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1422 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1423 * operating channel center frequency. 1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1425 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1427 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1428 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1429 * this attribute) 1430 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1431 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1432 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1433 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1435 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1436 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1438 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1439 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1441 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1442 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1444 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1445 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1447 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1448 * 1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1452 * 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1454 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1455 * 1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1457 * 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1459 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1460 * keys 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1463 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1465 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1468 * default management key 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1470 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1472 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1473 * 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1478 * 1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1481 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1483 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1485 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1486 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1488 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1490 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1491 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1492 * 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1494 * consisting of a nested array. 1495 * 1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1498 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1501 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1502 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1503 * 1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1505 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1506 * 1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1508 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1509 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1510 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1511 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1512 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1513 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1514 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1515 * to a specific alpha2. 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1517 * rules. 1518 * 1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1521 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1523 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1525 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1526 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1527 * 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1529 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1530 * 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1532 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1533 * of the interface mode. 1534 * 1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1536 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1537 * 1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1539 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1540 * 1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1542 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1544 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1546 * that can be added to a scan request 1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1548 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1550 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1551 * 1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1554 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1556 * 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1558 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1560 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1561 * 1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1563 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1564 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1565 * 1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1567 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1568 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1571 * represented as a u32 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1573 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1574 * 1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1576 * a u32 1577 * 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1579 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1580 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1581 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1582 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1584 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1585 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1586 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1587 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1588 * 1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1590 * cipher suites 1591 * 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1593 * for other networks on different channels 1594 * 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1596 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1597 * 1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1599 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1600 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1601 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1602 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1603 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1604 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1605 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1606 * 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1608 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1609 * 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1611 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1612 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1613 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1614 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1615 * default in station mode. 1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1617 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1618 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1619 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1620 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1621 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1623 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1624 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1626 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1627 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1628 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1629 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1630 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1631 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1632 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1633 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1634 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1635 * 1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1637 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1638 * 1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1640 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1641 * a local disconnect request. 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1643 * event (u16) 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1645 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1646 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1647 * 1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1649 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1650 * (an array of u32). 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1652 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1653 * u32). 1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1655 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1656 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1658 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1659 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1660 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1661 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1662 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1663 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1664 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1665 * 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1667 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1669 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1670 * 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1672 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1673 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1674 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1675 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1676 * 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1678 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1680 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1681 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1682 * 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1684 * 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1686 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1687 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1688 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1689 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1690 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1691 * completely from scratch. 1692 * 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1694 * 1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1696 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1697 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1698 * 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1701 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1702 * 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1705 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1706 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1707 * 1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1709 * 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1711 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1712 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1713 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1714 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1715 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1716 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1717 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1718 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1719 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1720 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1721 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1722 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1723 * 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1725 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1727 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1729 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1730 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1731 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1733 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1734 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1735 * 1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1737 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1738 * 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1742 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1743 * 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1745 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1746 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1747 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1748 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1749 * 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1751 * connected to this BSS. 1752 * 1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1754 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1756 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1757 * for non-automatic settings. 1758 * 1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1760 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1761 * 1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1763 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1764 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1765 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1766 * 1767 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1768 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1769 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1770 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1771 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1772 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1773 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1774 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1775 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1776 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1779 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1780 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1781 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1782 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1785 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1788 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1791 * 1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1793 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1794 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1795 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1796 * nl80211 capability flag. 1797 * 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1799 * 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1801 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1802 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1803 * 1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1805 * changed once the mesh is active. 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1807 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1809 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1810 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1812 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1813 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1814 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1815 * 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1817 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1819 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1820 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1821 * triggers. 1822 * 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1824 * cycles, in msecs. 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1827 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1828 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1829 * pass-thru filter rules. 1830 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1831 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1832 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1833 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1834 * able to ignore them by itself. 1835 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1836 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1837 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1838 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1839 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1840 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1841 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1842 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1843 * 1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1845 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1846 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1848 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1849 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1850 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1851 * 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1853 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1854 * 1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1856 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1857 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1858 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1861 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1862 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1863 * 1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1865 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1866 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1867 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1869 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1870 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1871 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1872 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1873 * 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1875 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1877 * as AP. 1878 * 1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1880 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1881 * 1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1883 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1884 * 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1886 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1887 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1888 * applications use this attribute. 1889 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1890 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1891 * 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1893 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1894 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1896 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1898 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1900 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1902 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1903 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1904 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1905 * 1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1907 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1908 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1909 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1912 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1913 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1914 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1915 * 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1917 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1919 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1920 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1921 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1924 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1925 * to be filled by the FW. 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1927 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 1928 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 1930 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 1931 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 1933 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 1934 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1936 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1937 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1938 * The values that may be configured are: 1939 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1940 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1941 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1942 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1943 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1944 * 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1946 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1947 * to one DFS region. 1948 * 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1950 * up to 16 TIDs. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1953 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1954 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1955 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1956 * capability to timeout the stations. 1957 * 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1959 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1960 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1961 * 1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1963 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1964 * 1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1966 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1967 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1968 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1969 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1970 * 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1972 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1973 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1974 * 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1976 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1977 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1978 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1979 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1980 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1981 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1982 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1983 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1984 * consistent. 1985 * 1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1987 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1988 * 1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1990 * 1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1992 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1994 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1995 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1996 * no change is made. 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1999 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2000 * 2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2002 * carried in a u32 attribute 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2005 * MAC ACL. 2006 * 2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2008 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2009 * ACL. 2010 * 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2012 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2015 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2016 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2018 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2019 * 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2021 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2022 * 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2024 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2025 * and PU-APSD. 2026 * 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2028 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2029 * 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2031 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2032 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2033 * 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2035 * 2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2037 * Element 2038 * 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2040 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2042 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2043 * 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2045 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2046 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2047 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2048 * 2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2050 * 2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2052 * until the channel switch event. 2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2054 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2055 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2056 * was requested by the AP. 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2058 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2060 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2062 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2063 * 2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2065 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2066 * 2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2070 * operating classes. 2071 * 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2073 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2074 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2075 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2076 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2077 * IBSS network. 2078 * 2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2080 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2082 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2083 * 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2085 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2086 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2087 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2088 * u8 attribute. 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2091 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2094 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2096 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2099 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2100 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2101 * 2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2104 * 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2106 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2107 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2108 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2109 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2110 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2111 * 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2113 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2115 * supported number of csa counters. 2116 * 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2118 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2119 * 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2121 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2122 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2123 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2124 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2125 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2126 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2127 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2128 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2129 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2130 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2131 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2132 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2133 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2134 * multicast group. 2135 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2136 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2137 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2138 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2139 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2140 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2141 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2142 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2143 * 2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2145 * the TDLS link initiator. 2146 * 2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2148 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2149 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2150 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2151 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2152 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2153 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2154 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2155 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2156 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2157 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2158 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2159 * 2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2161 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2162 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2163 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2164 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2165 * 2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2169 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2170 * 2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2172 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2175 * 2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2177 * 2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2179 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2180 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2181 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2182 * 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2184 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2185 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2186 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2187 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2188 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2189 * 2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2191 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2192 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2193 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2194 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2195 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2196 * over all channels. 2197 * 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2199 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2200 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2201 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2203 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2206 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2208 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2210 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2212 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2213 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2214 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2215 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2216 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2218 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2219 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2220 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2222 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2223 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2224 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2225 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2226 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2227 * 2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2229 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2230 * 2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2232 * 2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2234 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2235 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2236 * interface type. 2237 * 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2239 * groupID for monitor mode. 2240 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2241 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2242 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2243 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2244 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2245 * each group. 2246 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2247 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2248 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2249 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2250 * groupID data. 2251 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2253 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2254 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2255 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2256 * 2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2258 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2259 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2260 * attribute must not be included). 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2262 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2264 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2265 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2266 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2267 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2269 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2270 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2271 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2272 * 2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2274 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2275 * 2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2277 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2278 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2279 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2280 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2282 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2283 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2284 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2285 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2286 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2287 * the device will decide what to use. 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2289 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2290 * attribute. 2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2292 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2294 * protection. 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2296 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2297 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2298 * 2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2300 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2301 * 2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2303 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2304 * 2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2306 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2307 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2308 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2309 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2310 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2311 * unnecessary wakeups. 2312 * 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2314 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2315 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2316 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2317 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2318 * 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2320 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2321 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2322 * 2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2324 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2325 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2326 * 2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2328 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2329 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2330 * 2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2332 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2333 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2334 * 2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2336 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2337 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2338 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2339 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2340 * 2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2342 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2343 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2344 * 2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2346 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2347 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2348 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2349 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2350 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2351 * is included as well. 2352 * 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2354 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2355 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2356 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2357 * 2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2359 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2360 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2363 * 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2365 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2366 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2367 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2369 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2370 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2371 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2372 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2373 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2374 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2375 * 2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2377 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2378 * 2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2380 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2382 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2384 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2385 * enforced. 2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2387 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2389 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2390 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2391 * 2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2393 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2394 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2395 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2396 * 2397 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2398 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2399 * 2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2401 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2402 * invalid value. 2403 * 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2405 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2406 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2407 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2408 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2409 * 2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2411 * scheduler. 2412 * 2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2414 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2415 * possible values. 2416 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2417 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2418 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2419 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2420 * or per-station. 2421 * 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2423 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2424 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2425 * 2426 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2427 * 2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2429 * functionality. 2430 * 2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2432 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2433 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2435 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2436 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2437 * 2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2439 * (u16). 2440 * 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2442 * 2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2444 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2445 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2446 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2447 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2448 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2449 * 2450 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2451 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2452 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2453 * attributes. 2454 * 2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2456 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2457 * 2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2459 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2460 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2461 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2462 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2463 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2464 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2465 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2466 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2467 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2468 * 2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2470 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2471 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2472 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2473 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2474 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2475 * has expired. 2476 * 2477 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2478 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2479 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2480 * disassociation is still forced. 2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2482 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2484 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2485 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2486 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2487 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2489 * 2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2491 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2492 * 2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2494 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2495 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2496 * 2497 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2498 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2499 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2500 * 2501 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2502 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2504 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2505 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2506 * 2507 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2508 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2509 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2510 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2511 * 2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2513 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2514 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2515 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2516 * 2517 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2518 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2519 * is desired. 2520 * 2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2522 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2523 * 2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2525 * until the color switch event. 2526 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2527 * switching to 2528 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2529 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2530 * 2531 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2532 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2533 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2534 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2535 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2536 * parameters. 2537 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2538 * 2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2540 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2541 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2542 * 2543 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2544 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2545 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2546 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2547 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2548 * radar channel. 2549 * 2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2551 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2552 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2553 * 2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2555 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2556 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2557 * 2558 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2560 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2561 */ 2562 enum nl80211_attrs { 2563 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2564 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2565 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2566 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2567 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2568 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2569 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2570 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2571 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2572 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2573 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2574 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2575 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2576 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2577 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2578 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2579 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2580 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2581 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2582 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2583 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2584 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2585 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2586 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2587 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2588 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2589 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2591 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2592 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2593 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2594 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2595 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2596 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2597 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2598 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2599 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2600 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2601 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2602 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2603 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2604 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2605 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2606 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2607 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2608 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2609 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2610 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2611 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2612 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2613 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2614 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2615 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2616 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2617 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2618 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2619 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2620 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2621 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2622 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2623 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2624 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2625 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2626 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2627 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2628 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2629 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2630 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2631 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2632 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2633 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2634 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2635 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2636 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2637 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2638 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2639 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2640 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2641 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2642 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2643 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2644 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2645 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2646 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2647 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2648 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2649 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2650 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2651 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2652 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2653 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2654 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2655 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2656 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2657 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2658 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2659 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2660 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2661 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2662 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2663 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2664 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2665 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2666 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2667 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2668 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2669 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2670 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2671 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2672 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2673 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2674 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2675 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2676 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2677 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2678 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2679 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2680 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2681 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2683 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2684 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2685 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2686 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2687 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2688 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2689 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2690 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2691 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2692 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2693 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2695 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2696 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2697 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2698 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2699 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2701 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2702 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2703 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2704 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2705 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2706 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2707 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2708 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2709 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2710 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2711 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2712 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2713 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2714 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2715 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2716 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2717 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2718 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2719 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2720 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2721 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2722 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2723 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2724 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2725 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2726 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2727 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2728 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2729 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2730 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2731 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2732 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2733 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2734 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2735 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2736 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2737 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2738 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2739 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2740 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2741 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2742 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2743 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2744 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2745 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2746 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2747 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2748 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2749 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2750 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 2751 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 2752 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2753 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2754 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2755 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2756 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2757 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2758 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2759 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2760 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2761 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2762 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2763 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2764 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2765 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2766 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2767 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2768 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2769 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2770 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2771 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2772 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2774 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2775 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2776 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2777 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2778 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2779 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2780 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2781 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2782 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2783 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2784 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2785 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2786 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2787 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2788 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2789 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2790 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2791 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2792 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2793 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2794 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2795 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2796 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2797 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2798 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2799 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2800 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2801 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2802 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2803 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2804 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2805 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2806 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2807 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2808 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2809 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2810 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2811 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2812 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2813 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2814 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2815 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2816 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2817 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2818 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2819 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2820 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2821 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2822 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2823 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2824 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2825 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2826 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2827 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2828 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2829 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2830 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2831 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2832 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2833 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2834 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2835 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2836 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2837 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2838 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2839 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2840 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2841 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2842 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2843 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2844 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2845 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2846 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 2847 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 2848 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 2849 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 2850 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 2851 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 2852 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 2853 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 2854 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 2855 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 2856 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 2857 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 2858 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 2859 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 2860 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 2861 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2862 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 2863 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 2864 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 2865 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 2866 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 2867 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 2868 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 2869 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 2870 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 2871 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 2872 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 2873 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 2874 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 2875 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2876 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2877 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2878 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2879 }; 2880 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2881 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2882 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2883 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2884 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2885 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 2886 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 2887 /* 2888 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2889 * here 2890 */ 2891 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2892 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2893 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2894 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2895 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2896 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2897 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2898 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2899 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2900 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2901 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2902 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2903 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2904 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2905 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2906 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2907 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2908 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2909 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2910 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2911 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2912 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2913 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2914 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2915 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 2916 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2917 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2918 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2919 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2920 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2921 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2922 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 2923 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2924 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2925 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 2926 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 2927 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2928 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2929 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2930 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2931 /** 2932 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2933 * 2934 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2935 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2936 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2937 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2938 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2939 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2940 * AP type interface. 2941 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2942 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2943 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2944 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2945 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2946 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2947 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2948 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2949 * commands to create and destroy one 2950 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2951 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2952 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2953 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2954 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2955 * 2956 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2957 * to set the type of an interface. 2958 * 2959 */ 2960 enum nl80211_iftype { 2961 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2962 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2963 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2964 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2965 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2966 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2967 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2968 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2969 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2970 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2971 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2972 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2973 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2974 /* keep last */ 2975 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2976 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2977 }; 2978 /** 2979 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2980 * 2981 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2982 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2983 * 2984 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2985 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2986 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2987 * with short barker preamble 2988 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2989 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2990 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2991 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2992 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2993 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2994 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2995 * as errors.) 2996 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2997 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2998 * previously added station into associated state 2999 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3000 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3001 */ 3002 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3003 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3004 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3005 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3006 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3007 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3008 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3009 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3010 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3011 /* keep last */ 3012 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3013 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3014 }; 3015 /** 3016 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3017 * 3018 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3019 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3020 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3021 */ 3022 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3023 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3024 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3025 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3026 }; 3027 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3028 /** 3029 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3030 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3031 * @set: which values to set them to 3032 * 3033 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3034 */ 3035 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3036 __u32 mask; 3037 __u32 set; 3038 } __attribute__((packed)); 3039 /** 3040 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3041 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3042 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3043 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3044 */ 3045 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3046 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3047 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3048 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3049 }; 3050 /** 3051 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3052 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3053 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3055 */ 3056 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3057 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3058 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3059 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3060 }; 3061 /** 3062 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3063 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3065 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3066 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3067 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3069 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3070 */ 3071 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3072 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3073 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3074 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3075 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3076 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3077 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3078 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3079 }; 3080 /** 3081 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3082 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3084 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3085 */ 3086 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3087 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3088 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3089 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3090 }; 3091 /** 3092 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3093 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3094 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3095 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3096 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3097 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3098 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3099 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3100 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3101 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3102 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3103 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3104 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3105 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3106 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3107 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3108 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3109 */ 3110 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3111 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3112 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3113 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3114 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3115 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3116 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3117 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3118 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3119 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3120 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3121 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3122 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3123 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3124 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3125 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3126 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3127 }; 3128 /** 3129 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3130 * 3131 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3132 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3133 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3134 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3135 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3136 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3137 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3138 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3139 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3140 * 3141 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3142 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3143 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3144 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3145 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3146 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3147 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3148 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3149 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3150 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3151 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3152 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3153 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3154 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3155 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3156 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3157 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3158 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3159 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3160 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3161 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3162 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3163 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3164 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3165 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3166 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3167 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3168 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3169 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3170 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3171 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3172 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3173 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3174 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3175 */ 3176 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3177 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3178 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3179 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3180 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3181 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3182 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3183 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3184 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3185 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3186 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3187 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3188 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3189 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3190 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3191 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3192 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3193 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3194 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3195 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3196 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3197 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3198 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3199 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3200 /* keep last */ 3201 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3202 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3203 }; 3204 /** 3205 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3206 * 3207 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3208 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3209 * 3210 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3211 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3212 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3213 * (flag) 3214 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3215 * (flag) 3216 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3217 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3218 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3219 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3220 */ 3221 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3222 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3223 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3224 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3225 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3226 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3227 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3228 /* keep last */ 3229 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3230 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3231 }; 3232 /** 3233 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3234 * 3235 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3236 * when getting information about a station. 3237 * 3238 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3239 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3240 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3241 * (u32, from this station) 3242 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3243 * (u32, to this station) 3244 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3245 * (u64, from this station) 3246 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3247 * (u64, to this station) 3248 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3249 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3250 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3251 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3252 * (u32, from this station) 3253 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3254 * (u32, to this station) 3255 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3256 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3257 * (u32, to this station) 3258 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3259 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3260 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3261 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3262 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3263 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3264 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3265 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3266 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3267 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3268 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3269 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3270 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3271 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3272 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3273 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3274 * non-peer STA 3275 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3276 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3277 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3278 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3279 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3280 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3281 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3282 * (u64) 3283 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3284 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3285 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3286 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3287 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3288 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3289 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3290 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3291 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3292 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3293 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3294 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3295 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3296 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3297 * (u32, from this station) 3298 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3299 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3300 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3301 * might not be fully accurate. 3302 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3303 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3304 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3305 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3306 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3307 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3308 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3309 * of STA's association 3310 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3311 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3312 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3313 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3314 */ 3315 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3316 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3317 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3318 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3319 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3320 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3321 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3322 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3323 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3324 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3325 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3326 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3327 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3328 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3329 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3330 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3331 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3332 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3333 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3334 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3335 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3336 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3337 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3338 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3339 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3340 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3341 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3342 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3343 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3344 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3345 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3346 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3347 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3348 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3349 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3350 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3351 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3352 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3353 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3354 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3355 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3356 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3357 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3358 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3359 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3360 /* keep last */ 3361 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3362 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3363 }; 3364 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3365 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3366 /** 3367 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3368 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3369 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3370 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3371 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3372 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3373 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3374 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3375 * MSDUs (u64) 3376 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3377 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3378 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3379 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3380 */ 3381 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3382 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3383 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3384 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3385 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3386 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3387 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3388 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3389 /* keep last */ 3390 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3391 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3392 }; 3393 /** 3394 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3395 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3396 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3397 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3398 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3399 * backlogged 3400 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3401 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3402 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3403 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3404 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3405 * (only for per-phy stats) 3406 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3407 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3408 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3409 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3410 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3411 */ 3412 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3413 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3414 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3415 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3416 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3417 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3418 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3419 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3420 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3421 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3422 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3423 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3424 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3425 /* keep last */ 3426 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3427 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3428 }; 3429 /** 3430 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3431 * 3432 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3433 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3434 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3435 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3436 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3437 */ 3438 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3439 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3440 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3441 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3442 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3443 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3444 }; 3445 /** 3446 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3447 * 3448 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3449 * information about a mesh path. 3450 * 3451 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3452 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3453 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3454 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3455 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3456 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3457 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3458 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3459 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3460 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3461 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3462 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3463 * currently defined 3464 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3465 */ 3466 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3467 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3468 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3469 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3470 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3471 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3472 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3473 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3474 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3475 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3476 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3477 /* keep last */ 3478 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3479 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3480 }; 3481 /** 3482 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3483 * 3484 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3485 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3486 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3487 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3488 * capabilities IE 3489 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3490 * capabilities IE 3491 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3492 * capabilities IE 3493 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3494 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3495 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3496 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3497 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 3498 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 3499 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 3500 * capabilities element 3501 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 3502 * capabilities element 3503 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 3504 * capabilities element 3505 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 3506 * defined in EHT capabilities element 3507 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3508 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3509 */ 3510 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3511 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3512 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3513 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3514 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3515 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3516 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3517 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3518 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 3519 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 3520 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 3521 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 3522 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 3523 /* keep last */ 3524 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3525 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3526 }; 3527 /** 3528 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3529 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3530 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3531 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3532 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3533 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3534 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3535 * defined in 802.11n 3536 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3537 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3538 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3539 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3540 * defined in 802.11ac 3541 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3542 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3543 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3544 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3545 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3546 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3547 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3548 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3549 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3550 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3551 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3552 */ 3553 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3554 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3555 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3556 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3557 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3558 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3559 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3560 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3561 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3562 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3563 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3564 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3565 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3566 /* keep last */ 3567 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3568 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3569 }; 3570 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3571 /** 3572 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3573 * 3574 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3575 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3576 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3577 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3578 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3579 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3580 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3581 */ 3582 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3583 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3584 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3585 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3586 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3587 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3588 /* keep last */ 3589 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3590 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3591 }; 3592 /** 3593 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3594 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3595 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3596 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3597 * regulatory domain. 3598 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3599 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3600 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3601 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3602 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3603 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3604 * (100 * dBm). 3605 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3606 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3607 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3608 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3609 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3610 * channel as the control channel 3611 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3612 * channel as the control channel 3613 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3614 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3615 * this includes 80+80 channels 3616 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3617 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3618 * isn't possible 3619 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3620 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3621 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3622 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3623 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3624 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3625 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3626 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3627 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3628 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3629 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3630 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3631 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3632 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3633 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3634 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3635 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3636 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3637 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3638 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3639 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3640 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3641 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3642 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3643 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3644 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3645 * in current regulatory domain. 3646 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3647 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 3648 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3649 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 3650 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3651 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 3652 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3653 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 3654 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3655 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 3656 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3657 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 3658 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 3659 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 3660 * in current regulatory domain. 3661 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3662 * currently defined 3663 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3664 * 3665 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3666 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3667 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3668 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3669 */ 3670 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3671 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3672 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3673 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3674 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3675 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3676 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3677 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3678 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3679 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3680 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3681 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3682 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3683 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3684 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3685 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3686 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3687 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3688 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3689 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3690 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3691 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3692 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 3693 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 3694 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 3695 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 3696 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 3697 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 3698 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 3699 /* keep last */ 3700 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3701 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3702 }; 3703 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3704 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3705 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3706 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3707 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3708 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3709 /** 3710 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3711 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3712 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3713 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3714 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3715 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3716 * currently defined 3717 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3718 */ 3719 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3720 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3721 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3722 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3723 /* keep last */ 3724 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3725 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3726 }; 3727 /** 3728 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3729 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3730 * regulatory domain. 3731 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3732 * regulatory domain. 3733 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3734 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3735 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3736 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3737 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3738 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3739 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3740 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3741 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3742 */ 3743 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3744 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3745 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3746 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3747 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3748 }; 3749 /** 3750 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3751 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3752 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3753 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3754 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3755 * domain. 3756 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3757 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3758 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3759 * them to be applied. 3760 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3761 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3762 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3763 * domain request to be processed. 3764 */ 3765 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3766 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3767 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3768 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3769 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3770 }; 3771 /** 3772 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3773 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3774 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3775 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3776 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3777 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3778 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3779 * band edge. 3780 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3781 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3782 * band edge. 3783 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3784 * frequency range, in KHz. 3785 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3786 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3787 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3788 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3789 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3790 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3791 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3792 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3793 * currently defined 3794 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3795 */ 3796 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3797 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3798 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3799 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3800 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3801 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3802 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3803 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3804 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3805 /* keep last */ 3806 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3807 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3808 }; 3809 /** 3810 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3811 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3812 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3813 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3814 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3815 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3816 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3817 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3818 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3819 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3820 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3821 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3822 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3823 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3824 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3825 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3826 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3827 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3828 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3829 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3830 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3831 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3832 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3833 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3834 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3835 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3836 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3837 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3838 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3839 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3840 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3841 * attribute number currently defined 3842 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3843 */ 3844 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3845 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3846 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3847 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3848 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3849 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3850 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3851 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3852 /* keep last */ 3853 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3854 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3855 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3856 }; 3857 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3858 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3859 /** 3860 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3861 * 3862 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3863 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3864 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3865 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3866 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3867 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3868 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3869 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3870 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3871 * beaconing. 3872 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3873 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3874 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3875 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3876 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3877 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3878 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3879 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3880 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 3881 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 3882 */ 3883 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3884 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3885 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3886 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3887 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3888 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3889 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3890 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3891 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3892 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3893 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3894 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3895 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3896 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3897 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3898 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3899 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 3900 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18, 3901 }; 3902 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3903 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3904 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3905 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3906 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3907 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3908 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3909 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3910 /** 3911 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3912 * 3913 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3914 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3915 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3916 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3917 */ 3918 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3919 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3920 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3921 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3922 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3923 }; 3924 /** 3925 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3926 * 3927 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3928 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3929 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3930 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3931 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3932 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3933 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3934 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3935 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3936 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3937 * supported feature. 3938 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3939 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3940 */ 3941 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3942 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3943 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3944 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3945 }; 3946 /** 3947 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3948 * 3949 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3950 * when getting information about a survey. 3951 * 3952 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3953 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3954 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3955 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3956 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3957 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3958 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3959 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3960 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3961 * channel was sensed busy 3962 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3963 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3964 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3965 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3966 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3967 * (on this channel or globally) 3968 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3969 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3970 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 3971 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3972 * currently defined 3973 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 3974 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3975 */ 3976 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3977 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3978 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3979 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3980 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3981 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3982 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3983 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3984 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3985 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3986 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3987 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3988 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 3989 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 3990 /* keep last */ 3991 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3992 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3993 }; 3994 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3995 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3996 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3997 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3998 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3999 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4000 /** 4001 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4002 * 4003 * Monitor configuration flags. 4004 * 4005 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4006 * 4007 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4008 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4009 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4010 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4011 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4012 * overrides all other flags. 4013 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4014 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4015 * 4016 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4017 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4018 */ 4019 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4020 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4021 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4022 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4023 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4024 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4025 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4026 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4027 /* keep last */ 4028 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4029 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4030 }; 4031 /** 4032 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4033 * 4034 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4035 * not known or has not been set yet. 4036 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4037 * in Awake state all the time. 4038 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4039 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4040 * neighbor's beacons. 4041 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4042 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4043 * for neighbor's beacons. 4044 * 4045 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4046 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4047 */ 4048 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4049 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4050 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4051 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4052 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4053 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4054 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4055 }; 4056 /** 4057 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4058 * 4059 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4060 * active. 4061 * 4062 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4063 * 4064 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4065 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4066 * 4067 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4068 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4069 * 4070 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4071 * millisecond units 4072 * 4073 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4074 * on this mesh interface 4075 * 4076 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4077 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4078 * mesh 4079 * 4080 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4081 * point. 4082 * 4083 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4084 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4085 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4086 * set. 4087 * 4088 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4089 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4090 * target) 4091 * 4092 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4093 * (in milliseconds) 4094 * 4095 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4096 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4097 * 4098 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4099 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4100 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4101 * 4102 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4103 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4104 * reference element 4105 * 4106 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4107 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4108 * mesh 4109 * 4110 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4111 * 4112 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4113 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4114 * 4115 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4116 * root announcements are transmitted. 4117 * 4118 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4119 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4120 * Announcement frames. 4121 * 4122 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4123 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4124 * PERR element. 4125 * 4126 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4127 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4128 * 4129 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4130 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4131 * a peer link. 4132 * 4133 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4134 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4135 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4136 * 4137 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4138 * 4139 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4140 * 4141 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4142 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4143 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4144 * 4145 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4146 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4147 * 4148 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4149 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4150 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4151 * 4152 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4153 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4154 * 4155 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4156 * 4157 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4158 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4159 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4160 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4161 * 4162 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4163 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4164 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4165 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4166 * 4167 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4168 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4169 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4170 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4171 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4172 * 4173 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4174 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4175 * in the mesh formation field. 4176 * 4177 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4178 */ 4179 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4180 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4181 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4182 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4183 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4184 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4185 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4186 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4187 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4188 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4189 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4190 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4191 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4192 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4193 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4194 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4195 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4196 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4197 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4198 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4199 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4200 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4201 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4202 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4203 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4204 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4205 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4206 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4207 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4208 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4209 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4210 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4211 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4212 /* keep last */ 4213 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4214 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4215 }; 4216 /** 4217 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4218 * 4219 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4220 * changed while the mesh is active. 4221 * 4222 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4223 * 4224 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4225 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4226 * default HWMP. 4227 * 4228 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4229 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4230 * metric. 4231 * 4232 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4233 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4234 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4235 * metrics in use. 4236 * 4237 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4238 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4239 * 4240 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4241 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4242 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4243 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4244 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4245 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4246 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4247 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4248 * userspace daemon. 4249 * 4250 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4251 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4252 * neighbor offset synchronization 4253 * 4254 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4255 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4256 * 4257 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4258 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4259 * Default is no authentication method required. 4260 * 4261 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4262 * 4263 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4264 */ 4265 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4266 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4267 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4268 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4269 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4270 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4271 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4272 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4273 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4274 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4275 /* keep last */ 4276 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4277 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4278 }; 4279 /** 4280 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4281 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4282 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4283 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4284 * disabled 4285 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4286 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4287 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4288 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4289 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4290 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4291 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4292 */ 4293 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4294 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4295 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4296 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4297 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4298 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4299 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4300 /* keep last */ 4301 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4302 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4303 }; 4304 enum nl80211_ac { 4305 NL80211_AC_VO, 4306 NL80211_AC_VI, 4307 NL80211_AC_BE, 4308 NL80211_AC_BK, 4309 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4310 }; 4311 /* backward compat */ 4312 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4313 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4314 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4315 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4316 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4317 /** 4318 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4319 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4320 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4321 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4322 * below the control channel 4323 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4324 * above the control channel 4325 */ 4326 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4327 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4328 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4329 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4330 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4331 }; 4332 /** 4333 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4334 * 4335 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4336 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4337 * 4338 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4339 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4340 * 4341 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4342 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4343 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4344 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4345 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4346 */ 4347 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4348 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4349 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4350 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4351 }; 4352 /** 4353 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4354 * 4355 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4356 * attribute. 4357 * 4358 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4359 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4360 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4361 * attribute must be provided as well 4362 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4363 * attribute must be provided as well 4364 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4365 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4366 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4367 * attribute must be provided as well 4368 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4369 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4370 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4371 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4372 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4373 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4374 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4375 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4376 * attribute must be provided as well 4377 */ 4378 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4379 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4380 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4381 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4382 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4383 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4384 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4385 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4386 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4387 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4388 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4389 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4390 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4391 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4392 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 4393 }; 4394 /** 4395 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4396 * 4397 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4398 * 4399 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4400 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4401 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4402 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4403 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4404 */ 4405 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4406 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4407 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4408 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4409 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4410 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4411 }; 4412 /** 4413 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4414 * 4415 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4416 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4417 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4418 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4419 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4420 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4421 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4422 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4423 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4424 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4425 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4426 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4427 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4428 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4429 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4430 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4431 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4432 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4433 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4434 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4435 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4436 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4437 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4438 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4439 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4440 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4441 * yet been received 4442 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4443 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4444 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4445 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4446 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4447 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4448 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4449 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4450 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4451 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4452 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4453 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4454 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4455 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4456 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4457 * is set. 4458 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4459 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4460 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4461 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4462 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4463 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4464 */ 4465 enum nl80211_bss { 4466 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4467 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4468 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4469 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4470 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4471 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4472 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4473 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4474 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4475 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4476 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4477 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4478 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4479 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4480 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4481 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4482 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4483 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4484 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4485 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4486 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4487 /* keep last */ 4488 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4489 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4490 }; 4491 /** 4492 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4493 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4494 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4495 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4496 * a given BSS. 4497 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4498 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4499 * 4500 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4501 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4502 */ 4503 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4504 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4505 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4506 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4507 }; 4508 /** 4509 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4510 * 4511 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4512 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4513 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4514 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4515 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4516 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4517 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4518 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4519 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4520 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4521 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4522 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4523 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4524 */ 4525 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4526 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4527 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4528 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4529 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4530 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4531 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4532 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4533 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4534 /* keep last */ 4535 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4536 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4537 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4538 }; 4539 /** 4540 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4541 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4542 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4543 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4544 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4545 */ 4546 enum nl80211_key_type { 4547 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4548 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4549 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4550 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4551 }; 4552 /** 4553 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4554 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4555 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4556 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4557 */ 4558 enum nl80211_mfp { 4559 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4560 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4561 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4562 }; 4563 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4564 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4565 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4566 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4567 }; 4568 /** 4569 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4570 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4571 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4572 * unicast key 4573 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4574 * multicast key 4575 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4576 */ 4577 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4578 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4579 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4580 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4581 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4582 }; 4583 /** 4584 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4585 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4586 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4587 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4588 * keys 4589 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4590 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4591 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4592 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4593 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4594 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4595 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4596 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4597 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4598 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4599 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4600 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4601 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4602 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4603 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4604 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4605 * 4606 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4607 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4608 */ 4609 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4610 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4611 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4612 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4613 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4614 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4615 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4616 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4617 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4618 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4619 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4620 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4621 /* keep last */ 4622 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4623 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4624 }; 4625 /** 4626 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4627 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4628 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4629 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4630 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4631 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4632 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4633 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4634 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4635 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4636 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4637 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4638 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 4639 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 4640 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 4641 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4642 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4643 */ 4644 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4645 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4646 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4647 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4648 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4649 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4650 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 4651 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 4652 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 4653 /* keep last */ 4654 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4655 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4656 }; 4657 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4658 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4659 /** 4660 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4661 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4662 */ 4663 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4664 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4665 }; 4666 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 4667 /** 4668 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4669 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4670 */ 4671 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 4672 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 4673 }; 4674 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4675 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4676 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4677 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4678 }; 4679 /** 4680 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4681 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4682 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4683 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4684 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4685 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 4686 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 4687 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4688 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4689 */ 4690 enum nl80211_band { 4691 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4692 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4693 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4694 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4695 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 4696 NL80211_BAND_LC, 4697 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4698 }; 4699 /** 4700 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4701 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4702 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4703 */ 4704 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4705 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4706 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4707 }; 4708 /** 4709 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4710 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4711 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4712 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4713 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4714 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4715 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4716 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4717 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4718 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4719 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4720 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4721 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4722 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4723 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4724 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4725 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4726 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4727 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4728 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4729 * checked. 4730 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4731 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4732 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4733 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4734 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4735 * loss event 4736 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4737 * RSSI threshold event. 4738 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4739 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4740 */ 4741 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4742 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4743 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4744 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4745 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4746 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4747 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4748 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4749 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4750 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4751 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4752 /* keep last */ 4753 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4754 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4755 }; 4756 /** 4757 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4758 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4759 * configured threshold 4760 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4761 * configured threshold 4762 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4763 */ 4764 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4765 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4766 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4767 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4768 }; 4769 /** 4770 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4771 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4772 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4773 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4774 */ 4775 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4776 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4777 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4778 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4779 }; 4780 /** 4781 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4782 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4783 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4784 */ 4785 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4786 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4787 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4788 }; 4789 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 4790 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 4791 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 4792 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 4793 */ 4794 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 4795 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 4796 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 4797 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 4798 }; 4799 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 4800 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 4801 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 4802 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 4803 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 4804 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 4805 * per peer instead. 4806 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 4807 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 4808 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 4809 * should be left untouched. 4810 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 4811 * Its type is u16. 4812 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 4813 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 4814 * Its type is u8. 4815 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 4816 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4817 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 4818 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4819 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4820 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 4821 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4822 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 4823 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4824 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4825 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 4826 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4827 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4828 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 4829 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 4830 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4831 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 4832 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4833 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4834 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 4835 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 4836 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 4837 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 4838 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 4839 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 4840 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 4841 * station. 4842 */ 4843 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 4844 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 4845 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 4846 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 4847 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 4848 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 4849 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 4850 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 4851 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 4852 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 4853 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 4854 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 4855 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 4856 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 4857 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 4858 /* keep last */ 4859 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4860 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4861 }; 4862 /** 4863 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4864 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4865 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4866 * a zero bit are ignored 4867 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4868 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4869 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4870 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4871 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4872 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4873 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4874 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4875 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4876 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4877 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4878 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4879 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4880 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4881 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4882 */ 4883 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4884 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4885 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4886 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4887 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4888 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4889 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4890 }; 4891 /** 4892 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4893 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4894 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4895 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4896 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4897 * 4898 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4899 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4900 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4901 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4902 * by the kernel to userspace. 4903 */ 4904 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4905 __u32 max_patterns; 4906 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4907 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4908 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4909 } __attribute__((packed)); 4910 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4911 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4912 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4913 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4914 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4915 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4916 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4917 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4918 /** 4919 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4920 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4921 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4922 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4923 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4924 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4925 * any others are even supported by the device. 4926 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4927 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4928 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4929 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4930 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4931 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4932 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4933 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4934 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4935 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4936 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4937 * 4938 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4939 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4940 * 4941 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4942 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4943 * to the kernel when configuring. 4944 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4945 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4946 * by the device (flag) 4947 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4948 * done by the device) (flag) 4949 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4950 * packet (flag) 4951 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4952 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4953 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4954 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4955 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4956 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4957 * attribute contains the original length. 4958 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4959 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4960 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4961 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4962 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4963 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4964 * contains the original length. 4965 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4966 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4967 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4968 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4969 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4970 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4971 * the TCP connection. 4972 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4973 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4974 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4975 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4976 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4977 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4978 * service 4979 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4980 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4981 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4982 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4983 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4984 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4985 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4986 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4987 * supported by the driver (u32). 4988 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4989 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4990 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4991 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4992 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4993 * occurred. 4994 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4995 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4996 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4997 * these attributes must be present. If 4998 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4999 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5000 * channel. 5001 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5002 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5003 * 5004 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5005 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5006 */ 5007 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5008 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5009 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5010 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5011 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5012 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5013 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5014 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5015 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5016 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5017 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5018 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5019 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5020 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5021 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5022 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5023 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5024 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5025 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5026 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5027 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5028 /* keep last */ 5029 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5030 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5031 }; 5032 /** 5033 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5034 * 5035 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5036 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5037 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5038 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5039 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5040 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5041 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5042 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5043 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5044 * 5045 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5046 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5047 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5048 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5049 * also woken up. 5050 * 5051 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5052 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5053 */ 5054 /** 5055 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5056 * @start: starting value 5057 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5058 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5059 * 5060 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5061 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5062 * in little endian. 5063 */ 5064 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5065 __u32 start, offset, len; 5066 }; 5067 /** 5068 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5069 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5070 * @len: length of each token 5071 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5072 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5073 */ 5074 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5075 __u32 offset, len; 5076 __u8 token_stream[]; 5077 }; 5078 /** 5079 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5080 * @min_len: minimum token length 5081 * @max_len: maximum token length 5082 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5083 */ 5084 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5085 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5086 }; 5087 /** 5088 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5089 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5090 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5091 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5092 * (in network byte order) 5093 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5094 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5095 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5096 * might require ARP querying. 5097 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5098 * socket and port will be allocated 5099 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5100 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5101 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5102 * of the data payload. 5103 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5104 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5105 * advertising it is just a flag 5106 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5107 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5108 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5109 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5110 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5111 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5112 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5113 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5114 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5115 * but on the TCP payload only. 5116 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5117 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5118 */ 5119 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5120 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5121 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5122 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5123 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5124 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5125 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5126 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5127 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5128 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5129 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5130 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5131 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5132 /* keep last */ 5133 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5134 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5135 }; 5136 /** 5137 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5138 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5139 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5140 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5141 * 5142 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5143 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5144 */ 5145 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5146 __u32 max_rules; 5147 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5148 __u32 max_delay; 5149 } __attribute__((packed)); 5150 /** 5151 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5152 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5153 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5154 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5155 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5156 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5157 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5158 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5159 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5160 */ 5161 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5162 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5163 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5164 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5165 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5166 /* keep last */ 5167 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5168 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5169 }; 5170 /** 5171 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5172 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5173 * in a rule are matched. 5174 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5175 * in a rule are not matched. 5176 */ 5177 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5178 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5179 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5180 }; 5181 /** 5182 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5183 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5184 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5185 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5186 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5187 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5188 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5189 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5190 */ 5191 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5192 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5193 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5194 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5195 /* keep last */ 5196 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5197 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5198 }; 5199 /** 5200 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5201 * 5202 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5203 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5204 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5205 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5206 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5207 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5208 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5209 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5210 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5211 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5212 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5213 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5214 * different channels may be used within this group. 5215 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5216 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5217 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5218 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5219 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5220 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5221 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5222 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5223 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5224 * 5225 * Examples: 5226 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5227 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5228 * 5229 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5230 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5231 * 5232 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5233 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5234 * 5235 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5236 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5237 * 5238 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5239 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5240 * that any of these groups must match. 5241 * 5242 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5243 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5244 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5245 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5246 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5247 */ 5248 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5249 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5250 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5251 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5252 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5253 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5254 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5255 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5256 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5257 /* keep last */ 5258 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5259 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5260 }; 5261 /** 5262 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5263 * 5264 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5265 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5266 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5267 * this mesh peer 5268 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5269 * from this mesh peer 5270 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5271 * received from this mesh peer 5272 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5273 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5274 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5275 * plink are discarded 5276 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5277 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5278 */ 5279 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5280 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5281 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5282 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5283 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5284 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5285 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5286 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5287 /* keep last */ 5288 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5289 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5290 }; 5291 /** 5292 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5293 * 5294 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5295 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5296 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5297 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5298 */ 5299 enum plink_actions { 5300 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5301 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5302 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5303 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5304 }; 5305 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5306 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5307 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5308 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5309 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5310 /** 5311 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5312 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5313 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5314 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5315 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5316 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5317 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5318 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5319 */ 5320 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5321 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5322 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5323 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5324 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5325 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5326 /* keep last */ 5327 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5328 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5329 }; 5330 /** 5331 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5332 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5333 * Beacon frames) 5334 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5335 * in Beacon frames 5336 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5337 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5338 */ 5339 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5340 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5341 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5342 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5343 }; 5344 /** 5345 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5346 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5347 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5348 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5349 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5350 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5351 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5352 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5353 */ 5354 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5355 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5356 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5357 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5358 /* keep last */ 5359 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5360 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5361 }; 5362 /** 5363 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5364 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5365 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5366 * priority) 5367 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5368 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5369 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5370 * (internal) 5371 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5372 * (internal) 5373 */ 5374 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5375 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5376 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5377 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5378 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5379 /* keep last */ 5380 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5381 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5382 }; 5383 /** 5384 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5385 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5386 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5387 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5388 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5389 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5390 */ 5391 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5392 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5393 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5394 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5395 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5396 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5397 }; 5398 /** 5399 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5400 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 5401 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 5402 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 5403 */ 5404 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5405 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 5406 }; 5407 /** 5408 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5409 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5410 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5411 * socket option. 5412 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5413 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5414 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5415 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5416 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5417 * cellular base stations. 5418 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5419 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5420 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5421 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5422 * mode 5423 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5424 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5425 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5426 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5427 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5428 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5429 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5430 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5431 * setting 5432 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5433 * powersave 5434 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5435 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5436 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5437 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5438 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5439 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5440 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5441 * states using station flags. 5442 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5443 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5444 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5445 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5446 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5447 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5448 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5449 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5450 * still generated by the driver. 5451 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5452 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5453 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5454 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5455 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5456 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5457 * lifetime of a BSS. 5458 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5459 * Set IE to probe requests. 5460 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5461 * to probe requests. 5462 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5463 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5464 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5465 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5466 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5467 * Measurement Report action frame. 5468 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5469 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5470 * to enable dynack. 5471 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5472 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5473 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5474 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5475 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5476 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5477 * rts/cts handshake. 5478 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5479 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5480 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5481 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5482 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5483 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5484 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5485 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5486 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5487 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5488 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5489 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5490 * address mask/value will be used. 5491 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5492 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5493 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5494 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5495 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5496 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5497 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5498 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5499 */ 5500 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5501 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5502 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5503 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5504 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5505 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5506 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5507 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5508 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5509 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5510 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5511 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5512 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5513 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5514 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5515 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5516 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5517 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5518 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5519 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5520 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5521 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5522 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5523 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5524 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5525 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5526 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5527 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5528 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5529 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5530 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5531 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5532 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5533 }; 5534 /** 5535 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5536 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5537 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5538 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5539 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5540 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5541 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5542 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5543 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5544 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5545 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5546 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5547 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5548 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5549 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5550 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5551 * (if available). 5552 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5553 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5554 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5555 * (if available). 5556 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5557 * channel dwell time. 5558 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5559 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5560 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5561 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5562 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5563 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5564 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5565 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5566 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5567 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5568 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5569 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5570 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5571 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5572 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5573 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5574 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5575 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5576 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5577 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5578 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5579 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5580 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5581 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5582 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5583 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5584 * be supported. 5585 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5586 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5587 * actual dwell time. 5588 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5589 * response 5590 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5591 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5592 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5593 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5594 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5595 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5596 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5597 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5598 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5599 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5600 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5601 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5602 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5603 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5604 * "radar detected" event. 5605 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5606 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5607 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5608 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5609 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5610 * TXQs. 5611 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5612 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5613 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5614 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5615 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5616 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5617 * timing measurement responder role. 5618 * 5619 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5620 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5621 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5622 * freeze the connection. 5623 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5624 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5625 * 5626 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5627 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5628 * scheduling. 5629 * 5630 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5631 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5632 * 5633 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5634 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5635 * 5636 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5637 * to a station. 5638 * 5639 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5640 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5641 * 5642 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5643 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5644 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5645 * 5646 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5647 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5648 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5649 * 5650 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5651 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5652 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 5653 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 5654 * 5655 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5656 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5657 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5658 * 5659 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 5660 * 5661 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 5662 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 5663 * 5664 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 5665 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 5666 * 5667 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 5668 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 5669 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 5670 * included in the scan request. 5671 * 5672 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 5673 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 5674 * 5675 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 5676 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 5677 * 5678 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5679 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 5680 * command). 5681 * 5682 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 5683 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 5684 * 5685 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 5686 * frames transmission 5687 * 5688 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 5689 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 5690 * 5691 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 5692 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 5693 * 5694 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 5695 * exchange protocol. 5696 * 5697 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 5698 * exchange protocol. 5699 * 5700 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 5701 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 5702 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 5703 * 5704 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 5705 * detection and change announcemnts. 5706 * 5707 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 5708 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 5709 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 5710 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 5711 * 5712 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 5713 * detection. 5714 * 5715 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5716 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5717 */ 5718 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5719 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5720 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5721 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5722 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5723 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5724 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5725 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5726 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5727 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5728 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5729 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5730 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5731 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5732 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5733 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5734 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5735 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5736 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5737 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5738 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5739 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5740 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5741 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5742 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5743 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5744 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5745 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5746 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5747 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5748 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5749 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5750 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5751 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5752 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5753 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5754 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5755 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5756 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5757 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5758 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5759 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5760 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5761 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5762 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5763 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5764 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 5765 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 5766 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 5767 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 5768 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 5769 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 5770 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 5771 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 5772 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 5773 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 5774 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5775 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 5776 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 5777 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 5778 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 5779 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 5780 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 5781 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 5782 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5783 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5784 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5785 }; 5786 /** 5787 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5788 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5789 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5790 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5791 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5792 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5793 * to the host. 5794 * 5795 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5796 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5797 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5798 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5799 */ 5800 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5801 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5802 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5803 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5804 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5805 }; 5806 /** 5807 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5808 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5809 * handled by the AP is reached. 5810 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5811 */ 5812 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5813 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5814 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5815 }; 5816 /** 5817 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5818 * 5819 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5820 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5821 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5822 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5823 */ 5824 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5825 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5826 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5827 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5828 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5829 }; 5830 /** 5831 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5832 * 5833 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5834 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5835 * requests. 5836 * 5837 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5838 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5839 * one of them can be used in the request. 5840 * 5841 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5842 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5843 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5844 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5845 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5846 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5847 * when really needed 5848 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5849 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5850 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5851 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5852 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5853 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5854 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5855 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5856 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5857 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5858 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5859 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5860 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5861 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5862 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5863 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5864 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5865 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5866 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5867 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5868 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5869 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5870 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5871 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5872 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5873 * impacted with this flag. 5874 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5875 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5876 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5877 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5878 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5879 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5880 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5881 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5882 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5883 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5884 * possible. 5885 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5886 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5887 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5888 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 5889 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 5890 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 5891 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 5892 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 5893 */ 5894 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5895 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5896 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5897 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5898 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5899 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5900 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5901 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5902 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5903 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5904 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5905 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5906 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5907 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5908 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 5909 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 5910 }; 5911 /** 5912 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5913 * 5914 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5915 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5916 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5917 * 5918 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5919 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5920 * in ACL to authenticate. 5921 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5922 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5923 */ 5924 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5925 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5926 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5927 }; 5928 /** 5929 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5930 * 5931 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5932 * 5933 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5934 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5935 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5936 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5937 */ 5938 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5939 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5940 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5941 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5942 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5943 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5944 }; 5945 /** 5946 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5947 * 5948 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5949 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5950 * 5951 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5952 * now unusable. 5953 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5954 * the channel is now available. 5955 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5956 * change to the channel status. 5957 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5958 * over, channel becomes usable. 5959 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5960 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5961 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5962 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5963 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5964 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5965 */ 5966 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5967 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5968 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5969 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5970 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5971 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5972 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5973 }; 5974 /** 5975 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5976 * 5977 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5978 * 5979 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5980 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5981 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5982 * is therefore marked as not available. 5983 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5984 */ 5985 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5986 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5987 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5988 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5989 }; 5990 /** 5991 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5992 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5993 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5994 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5995 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5996 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5997 */ 5998 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5999 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6000 }; 6001 /** 6002 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6003 * 6004 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6005 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6006 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6007 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6008 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6009 */ 6010 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6011 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6012 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6013 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6014 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6015 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6016 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6017 }; 6018 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6019 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6020 /** 6021 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6022 * 6023 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6024 * 6025 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6026 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6027 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6028 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6029 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6030 */ 6031 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6032 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6033 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6034 }; 6035 /* 6036 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6037 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6038 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6039 */ 6040 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6041 /** 6042 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6043 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6044 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6045 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6046 * added to this file when needed. 6047 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6048 */ 6049 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6050 __u32 vendor_id; 6051 __u32 subcmd; 6052 }; 6053 /** 6054 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6055 * 6056 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6057 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6058 * 6059 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6060 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6061 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6062 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6063 */ 6064 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6065 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6066 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6067 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6068 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6069 }; 6070 /** 6071 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6072 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6073 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6074 * seconds (u32). 6075 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6076 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6077 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6078 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6079 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6080 * currently defined 6081 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6082 */ 6083 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6084 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6085 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6086 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6087 /* keep last */ 6088 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6089 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6090 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6091 }; 6092 /** 6093 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6094 * 6095 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6096 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6097 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6098 */ 6099 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6100 __u8 band; 6101 __s8 delta; 6102 } __attribute__((packed)); 6103 /** 6104 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6105 * 6106 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6107 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6108 * is requested. 6109 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6110 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6111 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6112 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6113 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6114 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6115 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6116 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6117 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6118 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6119 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6120 * 6121 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6122 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6123 * which the driver shall use. 6124 */ 6125 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6126 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6127 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6128 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6129 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6130 /* keep last */ 6131 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6132 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6133 }; 6134 /** 6135 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6136 * 6137 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6138 * 6139 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6140 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6141 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6142 */ 6143 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6144 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6145 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6146 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6147 /* keep last */ 6148 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6149 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6150 }; 6151 /** 6152 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6153 * 6154 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6155 * 6156 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6157 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6158 */ 6159 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6160 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6161 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6162 }; 6163 /** 6164 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6165 * 6166 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6167 * 6168 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6169 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6170 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6171 */ 6172 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6173 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6174 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6175 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6176 }; 6177 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6178 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6179 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6180 /** 6181 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6182 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6183 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6184 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6185 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6186 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6187 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6188 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6189 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6190 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6191 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6192 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6193 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6194 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6195 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6196 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6197 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6198 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6199 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6200 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6201 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6202 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6203 * This is a flag. 6204 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6205 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6206 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6207 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6208 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6209 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6210 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6211 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6212 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6213 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6214 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6215 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6216 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6217 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6218 * 6219 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6220 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6221 */ 6222 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6223 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6224 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6225 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6226 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6227 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6228 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6229 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6230 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6231 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6232 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6233 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6234 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6235 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6236 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6237 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6238 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6239 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6240 /* keep last */ 6241 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6242 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6243 }; 6244 /** 6245 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6246 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6247 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6248 * This is a flag. 6249 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6250 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6251 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6252 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6253 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6254 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6255 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6256 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6257 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6258 */ 6259 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6260 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6261 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6262 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6263 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6264 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6265 /* keep last */ 6266 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6267 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6268 }; 6269 /** 6270 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6271 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6272 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6273 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6274 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6275 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6276 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6277 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6278 * 6279 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6280 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6281 */ 6282 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6283 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6284 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6285 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6286 /* keep last */ 6287 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6288 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6289 }; 6290 /** 6291 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6292 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6293 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6294 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6295 */ 6296 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6297 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6298 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6299 }; 6300 /** 6301 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6302 * responder attributes 6303 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6304 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6305 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6306 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6307 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6308 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6309 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6310 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6311 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6312 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6313 */ 6314 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6315 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6316 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6317 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6318 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6319 /* keep last */ 6320 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6321 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6322 }; 6323 /* 6324 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6325 * 6326 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6327 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6328 * 6329 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6330 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6331 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6332 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6333 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6334 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6335 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6336 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6337 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6338 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6339 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6340 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6341 * phase with the responder (u32) 6342 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6343 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6344 * FTM slot (u32) 6345 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6346 * scheduled window (u32) 6347 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6348 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6349 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6350 */ 6351 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6352 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6353 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6354 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6355 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6356 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6357 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6358 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6359 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6360 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6361 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6362 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6363 /* keep last */ 6364 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6365 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6366 }; 6367 /** 6368 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6369 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6370 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6371 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6372 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6373 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6374 */ 6375 enum nl80211_preamble { 6376 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6377 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6378 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6379 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6380 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6381 }; 6382 /** 6383 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6384 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6385 * these numbers also for attributes 6386 * 6387 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6388 * 6389 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6390 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6391 */ 6392 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6393 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6394 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6395 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6396 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6397 }; 6398 /** 6399 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6400 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6401 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6402 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6403 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6404 * reason may be available in the response data 6405 */ 6406 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6407 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6408 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6409 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6410 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6411 }; 6412 /** 6413 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6414 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6415 * 6416 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6417 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6418 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6419 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6420 * (flag attribute) 6421 * 6422 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6424 */ 6425 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6426 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6427 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6428 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6429 /* keep last */ 6430 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6431 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6432 }; 6433 /** 6434 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6435 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6436 * 6437 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6438 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6439 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6440 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6441 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6442 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6443 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6444 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6445 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6446 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6447 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6448 * (u64, usec) 6449 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6450 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6451 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6452 * result. 6453 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6454 * 6455 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6457 */ 6458 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6459 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6460 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6461 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6462 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6463 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6464 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6465 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6466 /* keep last */ 6467 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6468 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6469 }; 6470 /** 6471 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6472 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6473 * 6474 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6475 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6476 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6477 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6478 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6479 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6480 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6481 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6482 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6483 * 6484 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6485 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6486 */ 6487 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6488 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6489 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6490 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6491 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6492 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6493 /* keep last */ 6494 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6495 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6496 }; 6497 /** 6498 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6499 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6500 * 6501 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6502 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6503 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6504 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6505 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6506 * measurement results 6507 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6508 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6509 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6510 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6511 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6512 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6513 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6514 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6515 * sub-attributes taken from 6516 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6517 * 6518 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6519 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6520 */ 6521 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6522 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6523 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6524 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6525 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6526 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6527 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6528 /* keep last */ 6529 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6530 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6531 }; 6532 /** 6533 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6534 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6535 * 6536 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6537 * is supported 6538 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6539 * mode is supported 6540 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6541 * data can be requested during the measurement 6542 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6543 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6544 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6545 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6546 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6547 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6548 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6549 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6550 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6551 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6552 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6553 * is valid) 6554 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6555 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6556 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6557 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6559 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6560 * 6561 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6562 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6563 */ 6564 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6565 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6566 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6567 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6568 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6569 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6570 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6571 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6572 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6576 /* keep last */ 6577 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6579 }; 6580 /** 6581 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6582 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6583 * 6584 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6585 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6586 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6587 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6588 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6589 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6590 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6591 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6592 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6593 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6594 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6595 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6596 * requested per burst 6597 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6598 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6599 * (u8, default 3) 6600 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6601 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6602 * (flag) 6603 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 6604 * measurement (flag). 6605 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 6606 * mutually exclusive. 6607 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6608 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6609 * ranging will be used. 6610 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 6611 * ranging measurement (flag) 6612 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 6613 * mutually exclusive. 6614 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6615 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6616 * ranging will be used. 6617 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 6618 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 6619 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 6620 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 6621 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 6622 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 6623 * 6624 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6625 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6626 */ 6627 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6628 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6629 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6630 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6631 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6632 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6633 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6634 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6635 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6636 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6637 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6638 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6639 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6640 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 6641 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 6642 /* keep last */ 6643 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6644 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6645 }; 6646 /** 6647 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6648 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6649 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6650 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6651 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6652 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6653 * try and get no response) 6654 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6655 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6656 * received 6657 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6658 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6659 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6660 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6661 */ 6662 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6663 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6664 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6665 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6666 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6667 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6668 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6669 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6670 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6671 }; 6672 /** 6673 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6674 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6675 * 6676 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6677 * (u32, optional) 6678 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6679 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6680 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6681 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6682 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6683 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6684 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6685 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6686 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6687 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6688 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6689 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6690 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6691 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6692 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6693 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6694 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6695 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6696 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6697 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6698 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6699 * attributes) 6700 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6701 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6702 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6703 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6704 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6705 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6706 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6707 * optional) 6708 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6709 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6710 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6711 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6712 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6713 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6714 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6715 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6716 * Type 8. 6717 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6718 * (binary, optional); 6719 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6720 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6721 * Type 11. 6722 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6723 * 6724 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6725 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6726 */ 6727 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6728 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6729 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6730 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6731 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6732 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6733 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6734 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6735 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6736 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6737 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6738 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6739 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6740 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6741 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6742 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6743 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6744 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6745 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6746 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6747 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6748 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6749 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6750 /* keep last */ 6751 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6752 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6753 }; 6754 /** 6755 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6756 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6757 * 6758 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6759 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6760 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 6761 * tx power offset. 6762 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 6763 * values used by members of the SRG. 6764 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 6765 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 6766 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 6767 * 6768 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6769 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6770 */ 6771 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6772 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6773 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6774 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6775 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 6776 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 6777 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 6778 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 6779 /* keep last */ 6780 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6781 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6782 }; 6783 /** 6784 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 6785 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6786 * 6787 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 6788 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 6789 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 6790 * 6791 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6792 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 6793 */ 6794 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 6795 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 6796 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 6797 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 6798 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 6799 /* keep last */ 6800 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 6801 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6802 }; 6803 /** 6804 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 6805 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6806 * 6807 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 6808 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 6809 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 6810 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 6811 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 6812 * 6813 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6814 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 6815 */ 6816 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 6817 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 6818 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 6819 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 6820 /* keep last */ 6821 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 6822 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6823 }; 6824 /** 6825 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 6826 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 6827 * 6828 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6829 * 6830 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 6831 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 6832 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 6833 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 6834 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 6835 * frame including the headers. 6836 * 6837 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6838 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 6839 */ 6840 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 6841 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 6842 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 6843 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 6844 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 6845 /* keep last */ 6846 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 6847 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 6848 }; 6849 /* 6850 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 6851 * mandatory fields. 6852 */ 6853 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 6854 /** 6855 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 6856 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 6857 * 6858 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6859 * 6860 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 6861 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 6862 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 6863 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 6864 * frame template (binary). 6865 * 6866 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6867 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 6868 */ 6869 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 6870 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6871 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 6872 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 6873 /* keep last */ 6874 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6875 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 6876 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 6877 }; 6878 /** 6879 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 6880 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 6881 * used. 6882 * 6883 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 6884 * attribute is not present from userspace. 6885 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 6886 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 6887 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 6888 * can be used. 6889 */ 6890 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 6891 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 6892 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 6893 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 6894 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 6895 }; 6896 /** 6897 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 6898 * 6899 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 6900 * 6901 */ 6902 enum nl80211_sar_type { 6903 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 6904 /* add new type here */ 6905 /* Keep last */ 6906 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 6907 }; 6908 /** 6909 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 6910 * 6911 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 6912 * 6913 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 6914 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 6915 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 6916 * 6917 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 6918 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 6919 * 6920 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 6921 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 6922 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 6923 * 6924 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6925 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 6926 * 6927 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 6928 */ 6929 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 6930 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 6931 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 6932 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 6933 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 6934 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6935 }; 6936 /** 6937 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 6938 * 6939 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 6940 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 6941 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 6942 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 6943 * 6944 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 6945 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 6946 * is applied to this range. 6947 * 6948 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 6949 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 6950 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 6951 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 6952 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 6953 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 6954 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 6955 * 6956 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 6957 * 6958 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 6959 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 6960 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 6961 * 6962 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 6963 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 6964 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 6965 * 6966 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 6967 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 6968 */ 6969 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 6970 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 6971 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 6972 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 6973 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 6974 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 6975 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 6976 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 6977 }; 6978 /** 6979 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 6980 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 6981 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 6982 * MBSSID and EMA. 6983 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 6984 * features. 6985 * 6986 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6987 * 6988 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 6989 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 6990 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 6991 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 6992 * 6993 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 6994 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 6995 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 6996 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 6997 * a non-zero value. 6998 * 6999 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7000 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7001 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7002 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7003 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7004 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7005 * 7006 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7007 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7008 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7009 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7010 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7011 * the interface index of the same. 7012 * 7013 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7014 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7015 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7016 * 7017 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7018 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7019 */ 7020 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7021 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7022 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7023 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7024 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7025 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7026 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7027 /* keep last */ 7028 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7029 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7030 }; 7031 /** 7032 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 7033 * 7034 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 7035 * authentication. 7036 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 7037 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 7038 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 7039 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 7040 * userspace. 7041 */ 7042 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 7043 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 7044 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 7045 }; 7046 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7047